IPS-G-SF- 340(0)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
General Definitions:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
Company :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
Purchaser :
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documents.
Vendor And Supplier:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company,
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
Shall:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
Should
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
Will:
Is normally used in connection with the action
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
May:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
GENERAL STANDARD
FOR
ANCILLARY AND MISCELLANEOUS
SAFETY AND FIRE EQUIPMENT
FIRST REVISION
JULY 2009
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧـﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣــﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party,
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No.
0. INTRODUCTION.....................................................4
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
4.............................................................................. ‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
1. SCOPE ..........................................................................5
5................................................................................. ‫داﻣﻨﻪ‬-1
2. REFERENCES ..........................................................5
5............................................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ...........7
7................................................................‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3.1 Axes .............................................................................. 7
7....................................................................... ‫ ﺗﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬1-3
3.2 Blank Cap .............................................................7
7........................................... ‫ درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2-3
3.3 Branch Holder .....................................................7
7................................................ ‫ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻧﺪه اﻧﺸﻌﺎب‬3-3
3.4 Collecting Breeching..........................................7
7................................................. ‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4-3
3.5 Control Breeching ..............................................7
7......................................................... ‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬5-3
3.6 Dividing Breeching.............................................7
7..............................................‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬6-3
3.7 Collecting Head ...................................................7
7..................................................‫ ﻛَﻠِّﮕﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬7-3
3.8 Crow Bar ...............................................................7
7............................................................. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اﻫﺮﻣﻲ‬8-3
3.9 Door Breaker .......................................................7
7..............................................................‫ درب ﺷﻜﻦ‬9-3
3.10 Ejector Pump .....................................................7
7......................................................... ‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬10-3
3.11 Fire Hydrant Key and Bar ............................8
8......................................... ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ‬11-3
3.12 Flow Gage ...........................................................8
8.......................................................... ‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ‬12-3
3.13 Hose Binder ........................................................8
8....................................................... ‫ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬13-3
3.14 Hose Ramp .........................................................8
8........................................................ ‫ رﻣﭗ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬14-3
3.15 Padlock Remover .............................................8
8............................................................ ‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺮدار‬15-3
3.16 Rubber Gloves ...................................................8
8....................................... ‫ دﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬16-3
3.17 Stand Pipe ...........................................................8
8............................................................. ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬17-3
1
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
3.18 Steel-Shot Lever ................................................8
8....................................................... ‫ اﻫﺮم ﻓﻮﻻد دار‬18-3
3.19 Basket Strainer .................................................8
8........................................................ ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﺪي‬19-3
3.20 Suction Strainer ................................................8
8..........................................................‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ‬20-3
3.21 Suction Wrench ................................................8
8............................................................‫ آﭼﺎر ﻣﻜﺶ‬21-3
3.22 Siren ......................................................................9
9...................................................................... ‫ آژﻳﺮ‬22-3
3.23 Pocket Alerter System ....................................9
9...................................... ‫ اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬23-3
3.24 Pocket Alerter Charger ..................................9
9............................ ‫ ﺷﺎرژ اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬24-3
3.25 Volcanizing Outfit ............................................9
9....................................................... ‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ‬25-3
3.26 Safety Net ............................................................9
9............................................................. ‫ ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬26-3
3.27 Safety Anchor ....................................................9
9..........................................................‫ ﻗﻼب اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬27-3
3.28 Eye and Face Wash..........................................9
9........................................... ‫ ﭼﺸﻢ و ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻮي‬28-3
3.29 Safety Can...........................................................9
9.........................................................‫ ﻗﻮﻃﻲ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬29-3
3.30 Safety Matches ..................................................9
9...................................................‫ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬30-3
3.31 Safety Sign ..........................................................9
9................................................ ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬31-3
4. UNITS ...........................................................................9
9........................................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
SECTION 1:
:1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
5. ANCILLARY FIRE FIGHTING
EQUIPMENT ............................................................10
10.........................................‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬-5
5.1 General.......................................................................................10
10................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5
5.2 Equipment Attached to Fire Hose and
Fire Pump .............................................................10
10..... ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ و ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن‬2-5
5.3 Fire Fighters Miscellaneous Tools
and Gears ...............................................................25
25......................... ‫ اﺑﺰار و ادوات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬3-5
2
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
5.4 Emergency Lighting Sets (Fig. 14) ................28
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري‬4-5
28................................................................(14 ‫)ﺷﻜﻞ‬
5.5 Fire Alarm and Pocket Alerter ......................32
32..................... ‫ اﻋﻼن ﺣﺮﻳﻖ و ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬5-5
SECTION 2:
:2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
6. MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY
EQUIPMENT .............................................................34
34.....................................................‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬-6
6.1 General........................................................................ 34
34..................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
6.2 Industrial Safety Net .........................................34
34...................................................‫ ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬2-6
6.3 Safety Signs, Color and Motivation Signs .. 35
‫ رﻧﮓ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬3-6
35.......................................................... ‫ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
6.4 Air Mover Ventilators (Fig. 20) .....................46
46....................... (20 ‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﮔﺮدش ﻫﻮا )ﺷﻜﻞ‬4-6
6.5 Safety Torch and Lantern ...............................47
47......................... (‫ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮه و ﭼﺮاغ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺎر)ﻧﻮر‬5-6
6.6 Safety Showers and Eye Wash (Fig. 23)...... 48
48............................ ‫ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮي ﻫﺎ و دوشﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬6-6
APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A....................................................................... 51
51...........................................................................‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
3
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
0. INTRODUCTION
This Standard provide the minimum requirements
for miscellaneous safety and fire equipment
which should be made available for use in an
emergency situations. Every piece of ancillary
devices has special use in fire fighting and rescue
operations. There are also certain safety gears that
will help prevention of accident and explosion,
also the introduction of color signs act as a
guideline to safe working conditions.
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ آﺗﺶ‬
،‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﺿﻄﺮاري در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از اﺑﺰار در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده وﻳﮋهاي در‬.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ اﺑﺰار اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ‬.‫آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﺠﺎت دارد‬
‫وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺣﻮادث و اﻧﻔﺠﺎر و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮوﻳﺞ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﻚ‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي رﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎري‬
.‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
4
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
This Standard specification gives the minimum
technical requirements for hoses which is used by
Iranian Oil, gas and/or petrochemical industries.
SECTION 1 Ancillary
Equipment
Fire
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﺮاي اﺑﺰار در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن در ﻣﻮارد و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺿﺮوري ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
Fighting
SECTION 2 Miscellaneous Safety Equipment
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
Dec 2002, as amendment No. 1 by circular No.
158.
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1381 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در آذر ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
1 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬29 ‫ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم و‬1388 ‫ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻴﺮ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
(0) ‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on July 2009, which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ و ﻛﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و ﺑـﺪون ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛـﻪ در اﻳـﻦ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪه‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬـﺎ داده‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣـﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷـﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ اﺟـﺮا‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧـﺮﻳﻦ وﻳـﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻪ‬، ‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑـﺪون ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧــﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ اﺻــﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳــﺖ ﻫــﺎي آن ﻣــﻼك ﻋﻤــﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard. For
dated references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced
documents
(including
any
supplements and amendments) applies.
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI
BSI (BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬:2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬- ‫ "ﺗﻮرﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬BS EN 1263-2
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
."(R) ‫ﻣﻜﺎن‬
BS EN 1263-2 "Safety Nets - Part 2 : Safety
Requirement, for Positioning
Limits( R ) "
BS 336 1989
BS 381C
"Specification for Fire Hose
Couplings
and
Ancillary
Equipment"
"‫"ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و اﻫﺪاف ﻛﻠﻲ‬
BS 336 1989
"Specification for Identification
Coding and Special Purposes"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
"‫ﻫﺎ و اﻫﺪاف ﺧﺎص‬
BS 381C
5
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
BS 750
"Specification for Underground
Hydrant and Surface Box
Frame"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و‬
"‫ﻗﺎب ﺟﻌﺒﻪ رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
BS 750
BS 2752
"Specifications for Chloroprene
Rubber Compound"
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
"‫ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن‬
BS 2752
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
BS EN 1263-1"Safety Nets - Part 1 : Safety
Requirement, Test Methods"
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣـــﺎت‬:1 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬- ‫ "ﺗﻮرﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬BS EN 1263-1
"‫ روشﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
BS 3102
‫"ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
"‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
"Brass Eyelets and Washers for
General Purposes"
DIN (DEUTSCHES INSTITUTE
NORMUNG)
DIN 32767
BS 3102
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي آﻟﻤﺎن‬DIN
FUR
‫ "ﺗﻮرﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ و ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬DIN 32767
(1984)"‫ﺗﻮرﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
"Industrial Safety Nets and
Safety Nets Accessories"
(1984)
Manual Firemanship HM-50 Home Office Fire
Department, Book 2 Part 2 & Book 7 Part 2.
‫ و‬2 ‫ ﻛﺘﺎب‬،‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن اداره آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬
.2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬7 ‫ﻛﺘﺎب‬
NFPA (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ‬NFPA
NFPA 99
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ از‬
"‫ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬
"Standard for Health Care
Facilities"
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬IPS-G-SF-100
"‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮنﻫﺎي آﺗﺶﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬
IPS-G-SF-100 "Engineering and Equipment
Standard for Fire Fighting
Trucks and pumps"
IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering
Units"
Standard
"‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100
for
(‫ )ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ISO
ISO (INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
FOR STANDARDIZATION)
ISO 3461
"General Principles for the
Creation
of
Graphical
Symbols"(1988)
ISO 3864
"Safety Colors
Signs"(1984)
ISO
"Graphical
Arrows"
4196
ISO 7000
NFPA 99
‫ "اﺻﻮل ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎي‬ISO 3461
(1988)"‫ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬
(1984)"‫"ﻋﻼﺋﻢ و رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
ISO 3864
of
"‫"ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭘﻴﻜﺎن‬
ISO 4196
"Graphical Symbols for Use on
Equipment Crane"(1989)
‫"ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده روي‬
(1989)" ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬
ISO 7000
and
Safety
Symbols-Use
6
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
ISO 13200
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫"اﺻﻮل ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و‬
(1985)"‫ﻮر ﺷﺪه‬‫ﺧﻄﺮات ﻣﺼ‬
"General Principles for Safety
Signs
and
Hazard
Pictorials"(1985)
ISO13200
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
3.1 Axes
‫ ﺗﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬1-3
1) Large Axes used for breaking in or cutting.
.‫( ﺗﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪن‬1
2) Fireman Axes used by fire fighters.
.‫( ﺗﺒﺮﻫﺎي آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آﻧﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬2
‫ درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2-3
3.2 Blank Cap
A cover fitted to delivery, inlet and suction
connection when not in use.
‫ ورودي و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺶ وﻗﺘﻲ‬،‫درﭘﻮش ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﻧﺸﻌﺎب‬3-3
3.3 Branch Holder
A device for taking part of the weight and
reaction of a branch at work.
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از وزن اﻧﺸﻌﺎب و واﻛﻨﺶ‬
.‫اﻧﺸﻌﺎب در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4-3
3.4 Collecting Breeching
A fitting used to join two line of hose to form
one.
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ دو ﺧﻂ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬5-3
3.5 Control Breeching
A breeching fitted with a valve or valves to shut
off the flow of one or both line.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ دو ﺧﻂ‬
.‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬6-3
3.6 Dividing Breeching
A fitting used to divide one line of hose into two.
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ دو ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
.‫ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ ﻛَﻠِّﮕﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬7-3
3.7 Collecting Head
Used to connect one or more lines of hose to the
suction inlet of a pump.
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ دو ﺧﻂ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ورودي ﻣﻜﺶ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اﻫﺮﻣﻲ‬8-3
3.8 Crow Bar
Crow bar has a chisel edge at one end and a crow
at the other.
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮ آن داراي ﻟﺒﻪ اﺳﻜﻨﻪ و ﺳﺮ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫اﻫﺮم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درب ﺷﻜﻦ‬9-3
3.9 Door Breaker
A device for breaking in door or forcing it off its
hinges in order to affect an entry.
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺪن ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎي درب ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ورود ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬10-3
3.10 Ejector Pump
A portable jet pump designed for removing water
from depth beyond the reach of pump suction.
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺎرج ﻛﺮدن آب از ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎرج از دﺳﺘﺮس ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
7
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ‬11-3
3.11 Fire Hydrant Key and Bar
A tool used to open up a hydrant and to turn on
the valve.
‫اﺑﺰاري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻮدن ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ و ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻮرد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ‬12-3
3.12 Flow Gage
For attaching to hydrant to measure the flow and
pressure.
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﺸﺎر و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬13-3
3.13 Hose Binder
Used to secure hose to the couplings.
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫ رﻣﭗ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬14-3
3.14 Hose Ramp
A device to enable vehicle to pass over delivery
hose without damage to the hose.
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ از روي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ‬،‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺪون آن ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﺻﺪﻣﻪاي وارد ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‬
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺮدار‬15-3
3.15 Padlock Remover
A lever fitted with shots into which a padlock is
inserted. It is used to twist of a padlock when
affecting an entry.
.‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ از داﺧﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﻗﻔﻞ را ﻣﻲﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻜﺶﻫﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬16-3
3.16 Rubber Gloves
Gloves for use where electrical wires or apparatus
are involved.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺮق و ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮوﻛﺎر داﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
.‫ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬17-3
3.17 Stand Pipe
Used on a hydrant to bring the outlet above the
ground level.
‫در ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ ﺑﺮاي آوردن ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻫﺮم ﻓﻮﻻد دار‬18-3
3.18 Steel-Shot Lever
A large wooden lever steel shot for lifting heavy
objects and forcing doors etc.
.‫اﻫﺮم آﻫﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن در و ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن اﺟﺴﺎم‬
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﺪي‬19-3
3.19 Basket Strainer
Used over the suction strainer to prevent the entry
of dirt and leaves etc.
‫روي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك و‬
.‫ﺧﺎﺷﺎك اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ‬20-3
3.20 Suction Strainer
A metal strainer connected to the end of suction
hose to prevent the entry into the suction of
objects liable to choke or damage the pump.
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬
‫ ﭘﻤﭗ را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺻﺪﻣﻪ و‬،‫ورود ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻣﻜﺶ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ آﭼﺎر ﻣﻜﺶ‬21-3
3.21 Suction Wrench
Used to tighten the suction couplings.
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻜﺶ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
8
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ آژﻳﺮ‬22-3
3.22 Siren
A fire alarm.
.‫اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬
‫ اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬23-3
3.23 Pocket Alerter System
A call-out system using radio pocket alerter.
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺒﺮﻛﺮدن آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﺮ‬
.‫رادﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺎرژ اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬24-3
3.24 Pocket Alerter Charger
A small portable unit used for recharging pocket
alerter.
‫واﺣﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺎرژ ﻣﺠﺪد اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ‬25-3
3.25 Volcanizing Outfit
Used for patching of fire hose.
.‫ﺑﺮاي وﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬26-3
3.26 Safety Net
A safety net is a net designed to prevent persons
and objects from falling and to catch persons or
objects if they fall.
‫ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺳﻘﻮط اﻓﺮاد و‬
.‫اﺷﻴﺎء و ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﺳﻘﻮط ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻼب اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬27-3
3.27 Safety Anchor
A protective equipment used in conjunction with
safety belt and harness to protect the user against
falling and arrest his fall.
‫اﺑﺰاري ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻣﻬﺎرﻛﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬،‫از ﺳﻘﻮط اﻓﺮاد و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮي از ﺳﻘﻮط‬
.‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﭼﺸﻢ و ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻮي‬28-3
3.28 Eye and Face Wash
Suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing
of eyes and body where any person is exposed to
injurious and corrosive materials.
‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻴﺲ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﭼﺸﻢ‬
‫و ﺑﺪن اﻓﺮاد در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺻﺪﻣﺎت و ﻣﻮاد ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻗﻮﻃﻲ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬29-3
3.29 Safety Can
Using to store and handle flammable liquid
safely.
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺖﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬30-3
3.30 Safety Matches
When struck against a surface its head will ignite
successfully and consistently.
‫ ﻧﻮك آن ﺑﻪ‬،‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺖ روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ و اداﻣﻪدار ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬31-3
3.31 Safety Sign
A sign that gives a message about health and
safety by a combination of geometric form, safety
color and symbol or text.
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺎم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑــﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻴﻘﻲ از‬
.‫ رﻧﮓ و ﻧﻤﺎد ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ‬،‫اﺷﻜﺎل ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
4. UNITS
This standard is based on International System of
Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except where
otherwise specified.
‫ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
9
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 1
5.
ANCILLARY
EQUIPMENT
FIRE
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
FIGHTING
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬-5
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5
5.1 General
‫در اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻗﻼم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ًﻻ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده‬،‫در ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻳﻦ اﻗﻼم ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬.‫ﻛﺎرا و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ را اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري درﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ‬.‫از آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺷﺪن زودرس ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮي در‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت واﻗﻌﻲ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
:‫ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ دﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
In this Section ancillary items of fire fighting
equipment which are normally used in fire service
are explained. They are designed to provide a
reliable and efficient service only if they are
properly used and given correct care and
maintenance. Improper use may lead to premature
failure which can result in greater damage during
actual fire fighting operations. This Part is
categorized as follows:
a) Equipment attached to the fire hose and
fire pump.
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ و ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ب( اﺑﺰار و آﻻت آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
b) Fire fighters tools and gears.
.‫ج( دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
c) Emergency lighting sets.
.‫د(ﻫﺸﺪاردﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬
d) Fire alarms and pocket alerters.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ و ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن‬2-5
5.2 Equipment Attached to Fire Hose and Fire
Pump
‫ درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬1-2-5
5.2.1 Blank cap
‫درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
،‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ورودي ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻳﺎ ورودي ﻣﻜﺶ‬
‫و ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ از ﻣﺴﺪودﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻠﺰي رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺷﺪه در ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑـــﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎ ارﺗﺒﺎط اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺮ ﻳــﺎ ﻣﺎده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و درﭘﻮش ﻛﻮر ﻣﺎده آﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧﻲ ﻧﺮ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺧﺮوﺟﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺮ آﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ورودي ﻣﻜﺶ داراي رزوه ﻣﺪور ﺑﻪ‬
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
A blank cap is used for blanking-off an outlet or
an inlet such as pump outlet or suction inlet. It
consists of a metal casting blanked off at one end
with a male or female coupling connection. Blank
cap with male instantaneous coupling is used for
blanking off female delivery and instantaneous
female blank cap is used for blanking off male
instantaneous outlets. A blank cap for use on
suction inlet has a round thread of appropriate
size.
5.2.1.1 Blank caps shall be made in accordance
with BS 336 and attached to the equipment with
"S" hook and chain with brazed, welded or
integrally cast joints.
‫ درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-1-2-5
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ داراي ﻗﻼﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ‬BS 336
‫ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ‬،‫ و ﻳﺎ زﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬S ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬
(1 ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي اﻧﺸﻌﺎب )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬2-2-5
5.2.2 Branch holders (see Fig. 1)
Branch holders are designed to place in position
or adjust to direct the jet in the required trajectory
position, and left unattended.
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ آب را در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮار دﻫﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪون ﻣﺮاﻗﺐ در ﻫﻤﺎن وﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
5.2.2.1 The branch holders can be made locally.
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬1-2-2-5
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
10
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﺗﺼﺎل‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫دﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫زﻧﺠﻴﺮ‬
Fig. 1- TWO TYPES OF PORTABLE BRANCH HOLDER
‫ دو ﻧﻮع ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﮔﺎه ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه)ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي‬3-2-5
5.2.3 Collecting and dividing breeching (see
Figs. 2 and 3)
(3 ‫ و‬2
Breeching are generally used for two purposes:
:‫ﮔﻠﻮﮔﺎهﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ دو ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
a) Uniting two lines of hose into one;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺮدن دو رﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬
b) Dividing one line of hose into two.
.‫ب ( ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ دو رﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬1-3-2-5
5.2.3.1 Dividing and collecting breeching shall be
constructed in accordance with Clause 9 BS 336
(1989) and shall consist of a three-way branch
body at 60°. Dividing breeching shall be provided
with two female instantaneous outlets of single
lug, twist release type and single male inlet.
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬BS 336 (1989) ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬9 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ درﺟﻪ اﺳﺖ‬60 ‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﺳﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲﻫﺎي آﻧﻲ ﻣﺎده ﺗﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻮارهاي از ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﻳﻚ ورودي ﻧﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎده ﺗﻚ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﻮارهاي از ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﮔﻮﺷﻮاره ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و دو‬
.‫ورودي آﻧﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﻧﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Collecting breeching shall be provided with one
female outlet of single lug twisted release type
and two male instantaneous inlets.
‫ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺗﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Dividing and collecting breeching may have
facilities for controlling the flow of water by
means of a valve:
11
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺸﺎرﺷﻜﻦ‬
1) With instantaneous couplings;
‫( ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آﻧﻲ‬1
2) A control breeching.
‫( ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬2
Fig. 2- DIVIDING BREECHINGS
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-2 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
1) With standard instantaneous couplings;
2) Breeching for use with a monitor.
‫( ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد؛‬1
monitor ‫( ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬2
Fig. 3- COLLECTING BREECHINGS
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
12
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﻛَﻠِّﮕﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4-2-5
5.2.4 Collecting head
‫ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬:‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ از اﻧﻮاع زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(4
Suction collecting heads shall be one of the
following types (Fig. 4).
a) In-line pattern fitted with swivel outlet.
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺮدان‬
b) Angle pattern fitted with a swivel outlet.
.‫ب ( ﻧﻮع زاوﻳﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺮدان‬
c) Radial pattern fitted with fixed outlet.
.‫ج ( ﻧﻮع ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
5.2.4.1 Outlet connection
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬1-4-2-5
Outlet connection shall be female screw threads
of appropriate size in accordance with BS 336,
Table 6.
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﭻ دار و در اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬BS 336 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬6 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪول‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ورودي‬2-4-2-5
5.2.4.2 Inlet connections
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬BS 336 ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ورودي ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬،‫آﻧﻲ ﻧﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ورودي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ زﻳﺮ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع ﺧﻄﻲ‬115
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬134
Inlet connections shall be male instantaneous in
accordance with BS 336 and shall be attached to
the collecting head by screw ends, flanges or
welding. The space between centers of inlet
connections shall not be less than:
115 mm for in-line pattern
134 mm for radial pattern
5.2.4.3 Non-return valves
(‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ )ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬3-4-2-5
Each inlet connection shall be fitted with a nonreturn valve which shall show no sign of visible
water leakage when tested at a pressure of 17 bar
as described in BS 336 Appendix F. The nonreturn valve shall be either:
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻫﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل ورودي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آزﻣﻮن در ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ از ﻧﺸﺘﻲ آب‬
‫ ﺷﺮح‬BS 336 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬F ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺎر‬17
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﻮد‬،‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫دو ﻧﻮع زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع ﻗﺎرﭼﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎر ﻓﻨﺮ؛‬
a) Of spring loaded mushroom type;
‫ب ( ﻧﻮع ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ )درﻳﭽﻪاي( ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع ﺧﻄﻲ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
b) Of the flap valve type for in-line and angle
pattern collecting head only.
.‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮع زاوﻳﻪاي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﺎز ﮔﺮدد و در ﻫﻴﭻ‬60 ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ زاوﻳﻪاي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ دارد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و‬20 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫در ﺳﻤﺘﻲ از ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ درﻳﭽﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫" ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬TOP" ‫ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‬
The valve shall open to not less than 60° and shall
not open to any position where it may jam. The
collecting head shall be marked "TOP" in letters
of not less than 20 mm in height on the side of the
body at which the flap valve is hinged.
13
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫ﺳﻪ رزوه در ﻫﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ب( ﻧﻮع زاوﻳﻪاي‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻣﻜﺶ‬
‫)‪C1) Radial pattern (plan‬‬
‫)‪C2) Radial pattern (elevation‬‬
‫ج‪ (1 -‬ﻧﻮع ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ)ﻧﻤﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ(‬
‫ج‪ (2 -‬ﻧﻮع ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ)ﻧﻤﺎي روﺑﺮو(‬
‫‪Fig. 4- SUCTION COLLECTING HEADS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -4‬ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪All dimensions are in millimeters.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬5-2-5
5.2.5 Standpipes
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬،‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻮر‬1-5-2-5
5.2.5.1 Standpipe shall comprise of a shaft, a
swivel head and shall be in accordance with BS
336 (Fig. 5).
.(5 ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬BS 336 ‫ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬2-5-2-5
5.2.5.2 Standpipe shaft
‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد آن ﺑﺎ‬
‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬5 ‫ و ﺷﻜﻞ‬BS 336 ‫آﻧﭽﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺗﻮان درﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ )ﻧﻮع زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬BS 750 ‫را ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ واﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه از ﭼﺮم‬BS 2752 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ و ﭼﺮم ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The standpipe shaft shall be fitted with a base
having the dimension in accordance with BS 336
and as given in Fig. 5 and capable of engagement
with fire hydrant (underground type) complying
with BS 750. The shaft shall also be fitted with a
means of attachment to the swivel head. The
washer shall be dressed leather, natural rubber or
chloroprene leather to BS 2752.
‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﮔﺮدان‬3-5-2-5
5.2.5.3 Swivel head
‫ و داراي ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه‬.‫ﻳﺎ دو ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬BS 336 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-8 ‫ﻣﺎده آﻧﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰام ﺑﻨﺪ‬
75 ‫زاﻧﻮﻳﻲ در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﻤﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
The swivel head shall be fitted with a means of
attachment to the shaft and shall have one or two
outlets. Each outlet shall be fitted with an
instantaneous female connector complying with
requirement of Clause 8.1 of BS 336. The bend in
swivel head shall have a radius at the center of
the bend of not less than 75 mm.
‫ درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4-5-2-5
5.2.5.4 Blank cap
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ داراي دو ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
Double outlet head shall be provided with a blank
plug.
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه اﺗﺼﺎل‬5-5-2-5
5.2.5.5 Means of attachment
:‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از دو روش زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
The swivel head shall be attached to shaft by one
of the following means:
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰء‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه آﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
a) An instantaneous delivery hose coupling
except that the tailpiece is not required.
.‫ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
360 ‫ب ( ﻳﻚ آبﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻣﺪام ﻛﻠﮕﻲ را در‬
b) A gland that will allow continuous rotation
of the head through 360°.
.‫درﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺎده‬،‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Where delivery hose coupling is used the female
coupling shall be on the standpipe shaft.
‫ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬6-5-2-5
5.2.5.6 Strength
BS ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬D ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
The standpipe shall show no damage or
permanent deflection when tested as described in
Appendix D of BS 336.
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺻـﺪﻣﻪ ﻳـﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬336
.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ از ﺧﻮد ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
15
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه آﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫آبﺑﻨﺪي ﻛـﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن را‬
‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫‪Fig. 5- STANDPIPES‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪All dimensions are in millimeters.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ و ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ‬6-2-5
5.2.6 Hydrant key and bar
:‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6 ‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺷﻜﻞ‬1-6-2-5
5.2.6.1 The dimension of the hydrant Key socket
shall be in accordance with Fig. 6:
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
OF A*
‫ﺑﺎرﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ‬
‫ در ﻫﺮﻃﺮف‬20 ‫در‬1
A
Steel
Aluminum
Alloy
Round
(q A)
61.4
69.4
Square
(A sq)
46.9
54.9
* Giving minimum webs of 6 mm for
steel and 10 mm for aluminum alloy.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي‬10 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد و‬6 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫آﻟﻴﺎژ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
All dimensions are in millimeters.
Fig. 6- HYDRANT KEY SOCKET
‫ ﺳﻮﻛﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ‬-6 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
5.2.6.2 The length of key shall be sufficient to
allow the bar to clear adjacent standpipes or other
obstructions. The bar should fit easily into the
key eye.
‫ ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪن‬2-6-2-5
5.2.6.3 The hydrant key and bar can be made
locally by the following materials:
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ و ﻣﻴﻠﻪ آن ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ‬3-6-2-5
Key end
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ را ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺳﺎزد‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻣﺠﺎور ﻫﻢ‬
:‫ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
casting
Shaft tube high grade steel pipe of 30 mm
bar
high grade steel bar of 25 mm
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬35 ‫از ﻓﻮﻻد درﺟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﻮري‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬25 ‫از ﻓﻮﻻد درﺟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ و ﺧﻤﺶ‬4-6-2-5
5.2.6.4 Resistance to torsion and bending
‫ ﻣﻮرد‬BS 336 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3-15 ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬،‫آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬2 ‫داﺋﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﺠﺎوز از‬
The key shall not sustain any damage or
permanent deformation exceeding 2° when
successfully tested as described in Clause 15-3 of
BS 336.
17
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﭘﻴﭽﺸﻲ‬1-4-6-2-5
5.2.6.4.1 Torque test
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮدي و ﻳﺎ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻣﺤﻮر ﮔﺮدان و ﻣﻬﺎر‬
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ‬800 ‫ و ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﭘﻴﭽﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮ را ﺑﺪون وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
Support the key either vertically or horizontally
between a spindle cap and a suitable restraint for
the bar. Apply a torque of 800 N/m without
introducing any bending stress in the key.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‬2-4-6-2-5
5.2.6.4.2 Bending test
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ را در‬1375 ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را در ﻣﺤﻮر ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ و ﻧﻴﺮوي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬940 ‫زواﻳﺎي ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫از ﭘﺎﻳﻪ وارد آورﻳﺪ‬
Locate the key on a fixed spindle, apply a force of
1375 N at right angles to the axis of the key at a
distance of 940 mm from the base.
(7 ‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬7-2-5
5.2.7 Hose binder (Fig. 7)
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7-2-5
5.2.7.1 General
a) The standard method of securing hose to
delivery and suction hose couplings which
have serrated and ribbed type tails is by
bending the hose on the tail with copper or
galvanized mild steel wire. This is done by
means of a hose coupling binder of which
there are various types.
‫اﻟﻒ( روش اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻢ‬،‫ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪدار و ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺎردار اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ و ﻳﺎ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ‬.‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻛﻪ داراي اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ب( ﺑﻬﺘﺮ آن اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬
b) It is preferable that the binder which is used
in fire service to have adaptors to enable
suction as well as delivery hose couplings to
fit the binder.
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ داراي ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺟﻮر‬
،‫ﺷﺪن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﻣﻜﺶ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺳﺎزد‬
Fig. 7- HOSE BINDER
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬-7 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
18
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ آﭼـﺎرﻫـﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼـﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺶ‬8-2-5
5.2.8 Suction coupling wrenches (Fig. 8)
(8 ‫)ﺷﻜﻞ‬
5.2.8.1 The suction coupling wrenches shall be
universal type and shall fit to any size of suction
couplings.
‫ آﭼﺎر ﺗﺨﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و‬1-8-2-5
5.2.8.2 The wrench can be manufactured locally.
It consist of a tubular steel shank with one end
flattened slightly curved and shaped at the end in
semi-circular recess. A reinforced strip steel lever
arm is pivoted to the bar about 180 mm from the
bottom end. The lever arm is also slightly curved
and has elliptical shaped eye about 25 mm from
its end. The wrench shall be made of mild steel.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬2-8-2-5
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮ آن ﭘﻬﻦ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻪ اﻫﺮم‬.‫و ﻛﻤﻲ ﻗﻮسدار ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮ رﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﻢ داﻳﺮهاي اﺳﺖ‬
180 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮار ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺤﻜﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻪ اﻫﺮم ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮي ﺑﻴﻀﻮي ﺷﻜﻞ و‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﭼﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺳﺖ‬25 ‫در اﻧﺘﻬﺎ داراي ﺣﻠﻘﻪاي‬
.‫ﻧﺮم ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزوي اﻫﺮم‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮرﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﻢ داﻳﺮه‬
Fig. 8- SUCTION HOSE WRENCHES: (1) CONVENTIONAL TYPE; (2) UNIVERSAL TYPE
‫( ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬2) ‫( ﻧﻮع ﻣﺘﺪاول؛‬1) :‫ آﭼﺎرﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻣﻜﺶ‬-8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(9 ‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬9-2-5
5.2.9 Flow gage (Fig. 9)
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9-2-5
5.2.9.1 General
The flow of water per minute as well as pressure
can be ascertained by means of flow gage. It
consist of flow tube, having a male connection at
one end for attaching to a standpipe head or a
hydrant female instantaneous outlet and swivel
joint at the outer end to which the manometer is
connected.
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻓﺸﺎر آب در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺮ در ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ آﻧﻲ ﻣﺎده‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن‬،‫ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﮔﺮدان در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
5.2.9.2 The manometer shall have three ranges of
flow marked on it:
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ داراي ﺳﻪ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي‬2-9-2-5
:‫زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
a) The standard range 7.2 to 34 Lt/s.
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬34 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬7/2
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺤﺪوده اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
b) Low range of 2.6 to 7.2 Lt/s and.
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬7/2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2/6
‫ب ( ﻣﺤﺪوده ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
19
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫ج ( ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪c) Top range of 34 to 60 Lt/s.‬‬
‫‪ 34‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 60‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ 3-9-2-5‬ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎر‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧﻲ ﻧﺮ‬
‫‪5.2.9.3 A pressure gage graduated in meters head‬‬
‫‪or bar with male instantaneous coupling having‬‬
‫‪pressure release vent cock.‬‬
‫‪ 4-9-2-5‬آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﺨﺶ دوم ﻛﺘﺎب‬
‫‪5.2.9.4 Testing of flow shall be in accordance‬‬
‫‪with Manual of Fireman ship Book 7: Part 2.‬‬
‫‪ 5-9-2-5‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ )ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫‪5.2.9.5 A wooden casing shall be provided to‬‬
‫‪store the flow gage, pressure gage, monometer‬‬
‫‪and compensator when not in use.‬‬
‫ﻛــﻪ داراي ﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻤﺎوري ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن )ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﭗ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ( و ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﻫﻮاﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺷﺶ ﮔﻮش‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﻮا‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ )ﻓﺸﺎرﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدان‬
‫‪Fig. 9- AN EXAMPLE OF ONE MODEL OF FLOW GAGE FOR TESTING HYDRANTS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -9‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪاي از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎﻳﺪراﻧﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ 10-2-5‬روﮔﺬر ﺷﻴﺐدار ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(10‬‬
‫)‪5.2.10 Hose ramp (Fig. 10‬‬
‫‪ 1-10-2-5‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪5.2.10.1 General‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮع روﮔﺬردار ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﮔﻮهاي ﺷﻜﻞ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫وﺟﻮد دارد‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻫﺎﻳﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ‪ 90‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﭘﺮ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺐﻫﺎي روﮔﺬر‬
‫ﺑﻪ دو ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﭼﺮخﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫از روي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﭘﺮ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Several types of wooden hose ramps which‬‬
‫‪consist of wedge shaped piece of wood joined by‬‬
‫‪either straps, ropes of strips of condemned hose‬‬
‫‪so as to provide channels of about 90 mm wide‬‬
‫‪into which charged hose can be laid. The ramp‬‬
‫‪makes an incline on each side to carry the wheels‬‬
‫‪of vehicular traffic safely over the hose.‬‬
‫‪ 2-10-2-5‬ﺷﻴﺐﻫﺎي دو ﻃﺮف روﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن و ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﺮخﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آورﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5.2.10.2 A ramp shall be fitted on each side with‬‬
‫‪apron of old hose or belting to obviate the ramp‬‬
‫‪tendency to drag or be pushed along by vehicles‬‬
‫‪wheel.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
Fig. 10-HOSE RAMPS
‫ رﻣﭗ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬-10 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(11 ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ)ﺷﻜﻞ‬11-2-5
5.2.11 Suction strainers (Fig. 11)
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11-2-5
5.2.11.1 General
‫دو ﻧﻮع ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻣﻜﺶ ﭘﻤﭗﻫﺎي‬
:‫آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲروﻧﺪ‬
There are two types of suction strainers used in
fire service pumps suction hoses:
a) Metal strainers.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي‬
b) Basket strainers.
‫ب ( ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎي ﺳﺒﺪي‬
These are designed and used to prevent solid
objects which might damage the pump from
being drawn up through the suction hose when
working from open water.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﭘﻤﭗ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻧﻔﻮذ ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ در زﻣﺎن‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از آب رو ﺑﺎز ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻣﻜﺶ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
21
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
Strainers
Fig. 11.2
Fig. 11.1
2-11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
1 -11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
:‫اﻧﻮاع ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
Different type of strainer ;
‫( ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ؛‬1
1) typical metal strainer;
2) a low-level strainer;
‫( ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ؛)ﺑﺮاي آﺑﻬﺎي ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ(؛‬2
3) the basket strainer used in conjunction with
the metal strainer.
.‫( ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﺪي ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬3
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي‬2-11-2-5
5.2.11.2 Metal strainers
Metal strainers shall be selected from those given
in table 1 BS 336.
BS 336 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1 ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﺪول‬
5.2.11.3 The cylindrical perforated sheet shall
have brazed or welded seams dressed smooth on
both surfaces and shall not be less than 1.50 mm
thick. The end shall not be less than 2.00 mm
thick. The joints to the outlet and to the end shall
be riveted, welded or brazed.
‫ درزﻫﺎي ورق ﻣﺸﺒﻚ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬3-11-2-5
5.2.11.4 The washer shall be of dressed leather,
natural rubber or chloroprene rubber.
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ و‬،‫ واﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼﺮم ﺻﺎف‬4-11-2-5
.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد و در ﺳﻄﺢ آن ﺻﺎف و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ آن‬
‫ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1/5 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮچ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2 ‫از‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و ﻳﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روﻛﺶ ﺳﺒﺪي‬5-11-2-5
5.2.11.5 Sleeves
BS ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬18 ‫روﻛﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺒﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺷﻜﻞ‬
The sleeves shall be constructed as shown in Fig.
18 of BS 336(Fig. 11.3). Brass soil eyelet and
rings of one of the types specified in BS 3102
shall be fixed in the center of each hem and shall
be equally spaced as follows:
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.(3-11 ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد)ﺷﻜﻞ‬336
،‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬BS 3102 ‫ﻳﻜﻲ از اﻧﻮاﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ دور ﻟﺒﻪ روﻛﺶ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
a) 6 eyelets each end for the 75 mm size.
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬75 ‫ روزﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه‬6 (‫اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬100 ‫ روزﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه‬8 ( ‫ب‬
b) 8 eyelets each end for the 100 mm size.
140 ‫ج( ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ روﻛﺶ ﺳﺒﺪي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
c) 10 eyelets each end for the 140 mm size.
.‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬10 ،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺮدوزي‬، ‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم رﻳﺴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ دوﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
The ends of all cords shall be whipped and
stitched to prevent fraying.
22
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫رﻳﺴﻤﺎن ‪ Y‬داﺧﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ و ﺳﺒﺪ در اﻳﻦ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﮔﺮه‬
‫رﻳﺴﻤﺎن ‪ X‬داﺧﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ و ﺳﺒﺪ در اﻳﻦ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﮔﺮه‬
‫زده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫زده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 11‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ 76‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬
‫روﻛﺶ ﺳﺒﺪي‬
‫‪Fig. 11.3‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪3-11‬‬
‫‪ 6-11-2-5‬رﻳﺴﻤﺎن‬
‫‪5.2.11.6 Cord‬‬
‫رﻳﺴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي رو ﻛﺶ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﺮده و‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮي از ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪن‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮه زده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪One long and one short cord of the lengths shall‬‬
‫‪be inserted in the eyelets of each sleeve and‬‬
‫‪firmly tied to prevent detachment.‬‬
‫‪ 7-11-2-5‬ﺻﺎﻓﻲﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ)ﺑﺮاي آﺑﻬﺎي ﻛﻢ‬
‫‪5.2.11.7 Low level strainers‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫‪To facilitate to pump from shallow water‬‬
‫‪specially designed low level metal strainer‬‬
‫‪illustrated in Fig. 11.2 can be used which is‬‬
‫‪produced to standard sizes of suction hose. Water‬‬
‫‪enter via the bottom of the strainer which stands‬‬
‫‪on four squat legs.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻛﺎر ﭘﻤﭗ در آب ﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬از ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 2-11‬ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪ .‬آب از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ روي ﭼﻬﺎرﭘﺎﻳﻪ وارد ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12-2-5‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(12‬‬
‫)‪5.2.12 Ejector pump (see Fig. 12‬‬
‫‪ 1-12-2-5‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪5.2.12.1 General‬‬
‫اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭘﻤﭗﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ‬
‫‪There are several various of ejector pumps in use‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
in fire service for pumping water. The ejector
pumps have no moving parts. Propulsion is
effected by means of water under pressure.
Pressurized water emerged in jet from a small
internal nozzle enters the delivery tube via an
opening known as throat. The narrowest part of
the throat is slightly larger than the orifice of the
nozzle and is separated from it by a gap which is
open to the suction inlet. As the water jet passes
the gap and rapidly expands, the consequent fall
in pressure at the throat and in suction tube
causes atmospheric pressure to force water up to
the suction. The water then joins the jet stream
and is expelled through delivery.
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
.‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﻲ ﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ آب ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ آن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آب ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺟﺖ از ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ داﺧﻠﻲ وارد ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﺧﺎرج‬،‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ دﻫﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻮم ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از روزﻧﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫دﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ و از آن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻜﺎف ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺖ آب از دﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬.‫ ﺟﺪا ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬،‫ﺑﮕﺬرد‬
‫ آب را ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ‬،‫در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‬
،‫ ﺳﭙﺲ آب ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﺖ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪد و از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺮاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
Fig. 12- A TYPE OF EJECTOR PUMP
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻤﭗ ﻣﻜﻨﺪه‬-12 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﻏﻮﻃﻪور‬2-12-2-5
5.2.12.2 The submersible ejector pump with two
stage ejector nozzle and with the strainer suction
inlet should be provided.
‫ﺑﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ دو ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي ﺳﺮﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻓﻮارهاي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ورودي ﻣﻜﺶ‬
.‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
5.2.12.3 The inlet shall be of instantaneous male
coupling (BS 336) and the outlet female suction
hose round thread connection of 100 mm and
shall be attached to the body by screw, flanges or
welding.
‫ ورودي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺮ آﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3-12-2-5
5.2.12.4 The material shall be of aluminum or
copper alloy resistant to corrosion by salt water.
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوم در‬4-12-2-5
5.2.12.5 The casting shall be clean, sound and
free from gross porosity cracks and other surface
imperfections.
‫ ﺑﻲ ﻋﻴﺐ و ﻋﺎري از‬،‫ رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬5-12-2-5
‫ و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ورودي ﻣﻜﺶ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل‬BS 336
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬100 ‫رزوهدار ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ در اﺛﺮ آب ﺷﻮر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﺮك و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
24
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ اﺑﺰار و ادوات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬3-5
5.3 Fire Fighters Miscellaneous Tools and
Gears
5.3.1 Ropes
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ‬1-3-5
5.3.1.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-1-3-5
Ropes form an important item in the equipment
carried on fire service appliances. In order to use
a line of rope to maximum advantages it is
essential that each one of the fire fighters should
be completely competent in the tying of the
standard knots, bends and hitches. The fire fighter
should be able to make the knots automatically in
complete darkness under difficult conditions of
urgency as is often necessary.
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب از اﺑﺰار ﻣﻬﻢ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻬﺮه از ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن داراي ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﻻزم‬
‫ دوﻻﻛﺮدن و ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب داﺷﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪن‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮه زدن‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن ﻗﺎدر ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ در ﺗﺎرﻳﻜﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ﻣﺤﺾ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺳﺨﺖ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻛﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻏﻴﺮ ارادي ﮔﺮه ﺑﺰﻧﻨﺪ‬
5.3.1.2 Depending on the condition of risks the
following types of ropes may be carried on each
fire truck as found necessary. (See Chapters 9 to
Manual Fireman ship Book 2).
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮهآﻣﻴﺰ اﻧﻮاع ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي‬2-1-3-5
،‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮن آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ در ﺻﻮرت ﺿﺮورت‬،‫زﻳﺮ‬
:‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫ آﺗﺸﻨﺸﺎﻧﺎن‬2 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﺷﻤﺎره‬9 ‫)رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
1) General purpose Rope.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1
2) Rescue.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺠﺎت‬2
3) Lowering.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آﻣﺪن‬3
4) Escape.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻓﺮار‬4
5) Guy.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻬﺎر‬5
6) Guide Rope.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺪاﻳﺖﮔﺮ‬6
7) Belt.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻤﺮي‬7
8) Bobbin.
.‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻗﺮﻗﺮهدار‬8
‫ اﺑﺰار ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬2-3-5
5.3.2 General purpose tools
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﺑﺰاري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ‬1-2-3-5
5.3.2.1 Various kind of tools are commonly used
in fire services virtually the same as those used in
other works. Tools under this heading include
spades, pickaxes, mattock, large axes, sledge
hammer, steel crow bar, and wedges, carpenter’s
tools, such as hammer, woodsaws and chisels of
various kind and sizes, ratchet braces and bits,
screw driver, etc. Fitter’s tools such as spanners
and wrenches, hacksaws, cold chisels, pliers and
wire cutters.
‫ در واﻗﻊ ﻫﻤﺎن اﺑﺰاري‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺑﺰار آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺎرﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺗﺒﺮ ﺑﺰرگ ﭘﺘﻚ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻨﮓ روﺳﻲ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻨﮓ دوﺳﺮ‬،‫ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از ﺑﻴﻞ‬
‫ه و ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎي‬‫ ار‬،‫ اﺑﺰار ﻧﺠﺎري ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻜﺶ‬،‫ ﮔُﻮِه‬،‫دﻳﻠﻢ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ آﭼﺎر‬،‫ ﻣﺘﻪ ﺟﻐﺠﻐﻪاي و ﺳﺮﻣﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺮﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه و اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ آﭼﺎر ﺑﺎ‬،‫ اﺑﺰار ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﭼﺎر ﺗﺨﺖ‬.‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.‫ﺮ‬‫ اﻧﺒﺮدﺳﺘﻲ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑ‬،‫ﺮ‬‫ ﺳﺮدﺑ‬،‫ ﻛﻤﺎن اره‬،‫ﻓﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬2-2-3-5
5.3.2.2 Requirement
The following are suggested equipment to be
carried on the various appliances, safety and fire
authorities shall adopt a stowage plan for small
gear and miscellaneous tools for each type of fire
appliances. It is essential for every member of
crew to know, especially when working in the
dark, exactly where he can find each item of
equipment carried on the appliances.
‫ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﺑﺰار ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪن اﺑﺰار ﻛﻮﭼﻚ و ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ادوات آﺗﺶ‬
‫ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ اﺗﺨﺎذ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺪاﻧﻨﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً اﺑﺰار ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫وﻗﺘﻲ در ﺗﺎرﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬
25
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ اﺑﺰار ﻧﺠﺎت و اﺿﻄﺮاري‬3-2-3-5
5.3.2.3 Emergency and rescue tools
The following are suggested equipment and tools
to be carried out on the various safety and fire
appliances.
‫اﺑﺰار و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺴﺘﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ آﺗﺶ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
The choice of various equipment and tools is a
matter determined by local requirements and shall
be based on the nature of facility and the site
specific hazards present:
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﺑﺰار و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت و ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮات‬،‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬
:‫ﺧﺎص ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﺑﺰار ورود ﺑﻪ زور )ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺼﺎدف‬
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
.‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﻚﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ و ﻧﺠﺎت‬
‫ ﺑﺴﻂ‬،‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮش‬،‫ ﺟﻚ‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺠﺎت ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫دﻫﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دود‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﺠﺎت در زﻣﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات اﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن‬
.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻢ راﺑﻂ ﺑﺮق‬
- Forcible entry tools (specially during car
accident operation.
- Rescue and first aid equipment.
- Hydrolic rescue tools, jacks, cutters,
extenders.
- Smoke ejectors.
- Salvage overhaul equipment.
- Ladder.
- Portable lighting gears.
- Extention cords (electric)
26
-
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
ITEM
‫اﻗﻼم‬
GENERAL PURPOSE
EMERGENCY APPLIANCE
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫اﺑﺰار اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
Number
Number
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬
2
5
2
6
1
2
Spade
Fireman axe insulated handle
‫ﺑﻴﻠﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺮآﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‬
Large axe
‫ﺗﺒﺮ ﺑﺰرگ‬
Steel crew bar
1
‫دﻳﻠﻢ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
Chiesel various size
---
‫ﻗﻠﻢ در اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
Mattock
‫ﻛﻠﻨﮓ دوﺳﺮ‬
Wedge wooden
‫ﮔُﻮِه ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
Sledgehammer
‫ﭘﺘﻚ‬
Ceiling hook
‫ﻗﻼب ﺳﻘﻔﻲ‬
Hearth kit
3
5
10
---
1
---
2
1
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻬﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
Steel-shod lever
‫اﻫﺮم وﻳﮋه آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
Door breaker
‫درب ﺷﻜﻦ‬
Padlock remover
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻜﻦ‬
Door breaker
Chain blocks and tackles
Safety torch
General purpose rope 20 m
2
---
1
---
1
4
‫ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮه اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
Full body harness
---
---
‫ﻃﻨﺎب و ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬
---
‫ﻣﻬﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺪن‬
‫ ﺑﺰرگ‬1
1
---
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
1 large
1
---
‫در ﺷﻜﻦ‬
lifting equipment
‫ دﺳﺖ‬1
1
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺑﺰار‬
First aid kit
2
1 set
---
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺑﺰار ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Tool kit
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
1
1 set
‫ دﺳﺖ‬1
1 set
‫ دﺳﺖ‬1
6
2
2 of 20 meters
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬20 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب‬
1
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2
1 of 60 meters
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي‬60 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1
General purpose rope 10 m
1
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬10 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب‬
Notes:
2 of 10 meters
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي‬10 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
1) The above table covers only miscellaneous
items for fire and emergency equipment carried in
each fire truck. For other fire fighting equipment
see IPS-G-SF-100.
‫( ﺟﺪول ﻓﻮق ﻓﻘﻂ اﻗﻼم ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ را ﺑﺮاي آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي و‬1
2) Hearth kit contains bricklayer’s, bolster. 2 cold
chiesel, club hammer, insulated pliers, floorboard
saw, hacksaw, spare hacksaw blades and screw
driver (Fig. 13-A).
‫ اره‬، ‫ ﺳﻮﻫﺎن‬،‫ ﻗﻠﻢ‬،‫( ﻛﻴﻒ اﺑﺰار ﻣﺤﺘﻮي اﻧﺒﺮدﺳﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دار‬2
،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮن آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬
.IPS-G-SF-100
،‫ اره ﭼﻮب ﺑﺮي‬،‫ ﺗﻴﻎ اره ﻳﺪك‬،‫ ﭼﻜﺶ و ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ‬،‫آﻫﻦ ﺑﺮ‬
(‫اﻟﻒ‬-13 ‫اره آﻫﻦ ﺑﺮي)ﺷﻜﻞ‬
27
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
Fig. 13.A -HEARTH KIT, SHOWING THE TYPE OF BOX IN WHICH THE TOOLS ARE
GENERALLY STOWED
.‫ ﻧﻮع ﺟﻌﺒﻪاي ﻛﻪ در آن اﺑﺰار ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﺎً ﺟﺎ داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻛﻴﻒ اﺑﺰار ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬-‫ اﻟﻒ‬-13 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(1)
(2)
Fig. 13.B- THE FIREMAN’S AXE. (1) WITH WOODEN HANDLE; (2)
WITH INSULATED STEEL HANDLE
(continued)
‫( ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‬2) ،‫( ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬1) .‫ ﺗﺒﺮ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن‬-‫ب‬-13 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد‬
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري )ﺷﻜﻞ‬4-5
5.4 Emergency Lighting Sets (Fig. 14)
(14
5.4.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4-5
‫ ﺗﻨﻮع ﺧﻴﻠﻲ وﺳﻴﻌﻲ از ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي‬1-1-4-5
5.4.1.1 A very wide variety of lighting sets are
used by fire service and vary from conventional
hand lamps to flame proof safety lamps and
mobile and portable flood lighting. The choice of
lamps and lighting sets is a matter determined by
local requirements.
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
‫ از ﭼﺮاغﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ و ﻧﻮراﻓﻜﻦﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﺎر و‬،‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭼﺮاغﻫﺎ و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
28
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﭼﺮاغﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬2-1-4-5
5.4.1.2 General purpose hand lamps and lighting
sets are not normally gas-proof and shall not be
used in conditions where flammable gases and
vapors are likely to be present.
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺿﺪﮔﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ در‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل وﺟﻮد ﺑﺨﺎرات و ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﻧﻮراﻓﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
5.4.1.3 Search lights and flood lights should
provide sustained illumination at the scene of
fires and other incidents search lights are
designed to throw a concentrated beam of light
which is used for such purpose as illuminating a
specific part of an incident. Flood lights are
designed to give illumination over a wide area
and used in circumstances where the whole of
working area require illumination.
3-1-4-5
،‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮاﻓﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ در ﺻﺤﻨﻪ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزيﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﻮادث‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻓﻜﻨﺪن ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬،‫ ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ‬.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ از ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ‬
‫ ﻧﻮراﻓﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺤﻴﻂ وﺳﻴﻊ و در‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز دارد‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬2-4-5
5.4.2 Safety consideration
‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه‬،‫ اﻟﺰام روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري‬،‫ﺑﺮاي رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﺣﺘﺮاق‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ واﺿﺢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
To active safe operating condition, the
requirement of emergency lighting, specially
using of lighting sets with internal combustion
engine shall be carefully evaluated. It is obvious
that none flameproof equipment shall not be used
during any emergencies where the hazard of gas
escape may the encountered. Fig. 14 illustrate 3
models of lighting sets with related
specifications:
Fig. 14-TYPICAL EMERGENCY LIGHTING SETS
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اي از ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري‬-14 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
29
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
1) This is a portable unit equipped with one
allweather projector, having a 1500 Watt
halogenous lamp. The projector is adjustable
on the vertical axis. The unit dimensions are
reduced to such an extent that it can be
contained even in the trunk of a normal car.
The unit should be explosion proof.
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫( اﻳﻦ واﺣﺪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوژﻛﺘﻮر‬1
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ آب و ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻣﭗ‬
‫ وات ﻫﺎﻟﻮژﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ روي ﻣﺤﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬1500
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد اﻳﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازهاي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻨﺪوق ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫اﻳﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
2) This is a portable unit of reduced
dimensions, equipped with four all weather
projectors mounted on a telescopic mast, each
fitted with a 500 Watt halogenous lamp (total
2000 W). The unit, powered by a diesel
engine, has a tubular frame and hood. The
telescopic mast, made of anodized light alloy,
can be extended to a length of five meters. For
transport, which can be carried out by means
of normal vehicles, the mast is retracted,
placed in a horizontal position and clamped to
the hood.
‫( اﻳﻦ واﺣﺪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬2
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎر ﭘﺮوژﻛﺘﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫آب و ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ و ﺑﻪ دﻛﻞ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام‬
2000 ً‫ وات اﺳﺖ )ﺟﻤﻌﺎ‬500 ‫داراي ﻳﻚ ﻻﻣﭗ ﻫﺎﻟﻮژﻧﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر دﻳﺰﻟﻲ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ و داراي ﻳﻚ‬.(‫وات‬
‫ دﻛﻞ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬.‫ﻗﺎب اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي و ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﺳﺖ‬
-‫ ﻣﺘﺮ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻣﻲ‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ ﻃﻮل‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺳﺒﻚ آﺑﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
-‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ‬.‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد و‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﮔﻴﺮ داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺖ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫ دﻛﻞ‬+) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬700 ×570×1050 :‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ اﺑﻌﺎد‬
The unit should be explosion proof.
Indicative dimensions: 1050 × 570 × 700 mm
(+ mast)
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬135 :‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ وزن‬
،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮوات ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎز‬2/8 = ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮوﻟﺖ آﻣﭙﺮ‬3/5 :‫ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬50 – ‫ وﻟﺖ‬220
‫ اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و‬،‫ دور در ﻫﺮ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬3000 :‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر دﻳﺰل‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﻫﻮا ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﻮ‬
Indicative weight: 135 kg
Current generated:3.5 kVA = 2.8 kW, singlephase, 220 V - 50 Hz
Diesel engine: 3000 RPM, air cooling electric
starting.
30
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ (3‬واﺣﺪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻴﺎر‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﺮ ﺟﺎدهاي ﺗﻚ‬
‫‪3) This mobile lighting unit is mounted on a‬‬
‫‪single-axle road trailer, suitable for speed‬‬
‫‪towing, with two tyred wheels and a small‬‬
‫‪maneuvering front wheel. A "crown" composed‬‬
‫‪of eight all-weather projectors, each fitted with a‬‬
‫‪500 Watt halogenous lamp (total 4000 W), is‬‬
‫‪mounted on a tubular telescopic mast made of‬‬
‫‪light alloy. The mast is extended pneumatically‬‬
‫‪and can reach a height of 7.6 meters from the‬‬
‫‪ground.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮري‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ واﺣـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ دوﭼﺮخ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚدار و ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮخ ﻛﻮﭼـﻚ ﺟﻠـﻮ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣـﺎﻧﻮر ﻛـﺮدن ﻣـﻲﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﻳـﻚ "ﺗـﺎج" ﻣﺮﻛـﺐ از ‪8‬‬
‫ﭘﺮوژﻛﺘﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ آب و ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﻻﻣـﭗ ‪ 500‬واﺗـﻲ ﻫـﺎﻟﻮژﻧﻲ اﺳـﺖ‬
‫)ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎً ‪ 4000‬وات(‪ ،‬روي دﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﺟﻤـﻊﺷـﻮ ﻛـﻪ از‬
‫آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺳﺒﻚ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔـﺮدد‪ .‬دﻛـﻞ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪاي ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر‬
‫ﭘﻨﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ و از زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع ‪ 7/6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﻲ واﺣﺪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮد‪ ،‬در ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‪ ،‬دﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺷﻮد و در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻳﻠﺮ داراي ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻮجﮔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ دﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻋﻘﺐ و ﭼﺮاغﻫﺎي ﻋﻘﺐ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎزوي‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻮﭘﻲ )‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( اﺳﺖ اﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻳﺪﻛﺶ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ .‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر دﻳﺰﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﻨﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق راهاﻧﺪازي ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪When the unit is not and during transportation‬‬
‫‪the mast is retracted and clamped to the casing.‬‬
‫‪The trailer has torsion-bar suspensions, an‬‬
‫‪overrun brake, a parking brake, rear stabilizers‬‬
‫‪and tail lights. The Standard drawbar is‬‬
‫‪equipped with ball coupling (  50 mm) but‬‬
‫‪can be provided, on request, with towing eye.‬‬
‫‪The generating set is powered by an air-cooled‬‬
‫‪diesel engine with electric starting.‬‬
‫)‪Fig. 14- (continued‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪) -14‬اداﻣﻪ(‬
‫‪31‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫اﻋﻼن ﺣﺮﻳﻖ و ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬
5.5 Fire Alarm and Pocket Alerter
5-5
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5-5
5.5.1 General
(1-15 ‫ آژﻳﺮ اﻋﻼن ﺣﺮﻳﻖ)ﺷﻜﻞ‬1-1-5-5
5.5.1.1 Fire call siren (Fig. 15.1)
‫ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي آﺗﺶ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮاﺧﻮاﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و آراﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪاد آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن ﺗﻤﺎم وﻗﺖ ﺣﻀﻮر دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮاﺧﻮاﻧﻲ در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ زﻧﮓ ﻓﺮاﺧﻮان ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﺎن‬
.‫ﻫﺸﺪار ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮاه ﭘﺎره وﻗﺖ و‬،‫در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺿﻊ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم وﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﺎن ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺮاﺣﺖ ﻛﺎري ﺧﻮد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎت ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻧﻴﺰ اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫آژﻳﺮﻫﺎي آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ در ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ اﻣﺎ اﻛﺜﺮ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪودي از ﻧﻈﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﻗﺪرت ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻨﺪ‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﭼﻬﺎر ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ اﺳﺐ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺪارﻛﺎت رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮب ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ‬.‫ﻣﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد در ﻃﻮل زﻣﺴﺘﺎن در ﻫﻮاي ﻳﺦ زده‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻬﮕﺎه‬.‫ ﺳﺮد و ﺑﺎراﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آژﻳﺮ‬.‫ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
The call out system used in the Company vary
according to the types of fire stations and
manning arrangements. On stations continuously
manned by whole time men the call out system
by which they are alerted in most cases comprises
of turnout bell.
In cases where retained firemen are involved
either at part-time or full time, and when a major
emergency arise, offduty fire fighters and other
responsible authorities shall be alerted, specially,
when at home by fire siren.
The fire sirens used by fire service vary to a
certain extend in size and power, but majority are
of four to five horsepower, three phase type.
Satisfactory maintenance arrangements shall be
made to keep the fire siren in good working
order, and they should be inspected and serviced
about five to six times a year. As faults are more
likely to occur at winter during humid or during
cold, rainy and icy weather, these inspections
shall be made infrequently. Every siren
installation shall be tested not less than once a
week.
Fig. 15.1-DIAGRAM OF A SIREN
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻳﻚ آژﻳﺮ‬-1-15 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه رادﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬
5.5.1.2 Radio pocket alerter (Fig. 15.2)
2-1-5-5
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آژﻳﺮ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬.‫داد‬
This system can be used instead of siren,
specially for unmanned fire stations. The system
comprises a base transmitter either installed in a
32
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
local fire station or in a control room and
requisite number of pocket receivers or (alerter)
are put at the disposal of fire fighters and other
responsible authorities. Each alerter is provided
with a buttery charger. The normal receiver of the
equipment are those which are continuously on
stand by duty ready to receive a triggering signal
from the control transmitter.
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺎق‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪادي ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻻزم ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و در‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺎن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻓﺮاد ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﺮي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻫﺸﺪاردﻫﻨﺪه ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪام آﻣﺎده‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﺮاي درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ارﺳﺎﻟﻲ از ﺳﺘﺎد ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Fig. 15.2-RADIO POCKET ALERTER RECEIVER
‫ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺸﺪاردﻫﻨﺪه رادﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬-2-15 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
33
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 2
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬-6
6. MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY EQUIPMENT
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
6.1 General
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬،‫در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
:‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
In this Part of I.P. Standard the following
miscellaneous safety equipment is discussed:
a) Industrial safety net.
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
b) Safety signs, colors and safety motivation
signs. Text should be in English and
Farsi.
‫ رﻧﮓﻫﺎ و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ آﮔﺎﻫﻲ دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،‫ب( ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ و ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
c) Safety cans.
.‫ج( ﻗﻮﻃﻲ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
d) Air mover ventilators.
.‫د( دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮدش درآوردن ﻫﻮا‬
e) Safety torch and lantern.
.‫ﻫ( ﭼﺮاغ ﺳﻴﺎر و ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮه اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
f) Safety showers and eye wash units.
.‫و( واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪه ﭼﺸﻢ و دوشﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬2-6
6.2 Industrial Safety Net
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-6
6.2.1 General
‫ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺳﻘﻮط اﻓﺮاد و‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬.‫اﺟﺴﺎم و ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﺷﺎن ﺑﻪ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﻬﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Safety net is a net designed to prevent persons
and objects from falling and to catch persons and
objects, if they fall. Depending on their function,
safety nets are classified as restraint or retention
nets.
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬2-2-6
6.2.2 Construction
Nets shall be made from man made fiber ropes
and plaited cords, with the exception of
polyethylene ropes and cords.
‫ﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﺳﺎز و از ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي اﻟﻴﺎﻓﻲ و رﻳﺴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي رﻳﺴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The choice of material shall be determined by the
circumstances in which the net to be used, the
performance required of the net and prevailing
conditions.
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻮر در آن ﺑــﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
.‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻻزم ﺗﻮر و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬3-2-6
6.2.3 Design
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﻣﻮرد‬BSEN 1263-1 ‫ﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ‬6 ‫آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد و در ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺑﺮاي ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The net shall be designed and tested as described
in BS EN 1263-1 , for a duty height of 6 m or 1 m
as appropriate.
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد‬4-2-6
6.2.4 Dimensions
‫ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬3×4 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﺳﻴﻤﻲ اﺑﻌﺎد‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﭼﻬﺎرﮔﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻃﻮل ﺿﻠﻊ ﻫﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100 ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
The minimum nominal size shall be 4m by 3 m
Nets shall be made with a square or diamond
mesh and the length of the mesh side shall not be
greater than 100 mm.
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬5-2-6
6.2.5 Performance
‫ﺗﻮرﻫـــﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑـﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛـــﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧـﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﻮن‬،‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬DIN 32767 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬BS EN 1263-1
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
Safety nets shall be tested as described in BS EN
1263-1 or DIN 32767.
34
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري و ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬6-2-6
6.2.6 Marking and manufacturers certificate
‫ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ داﻳﻤﻲ‬.‫ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دو ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬30 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻲ ﻛـــﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺣﺮوف آن‬
. ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫و دﻳﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎر‬
.‫ﺿﺮﺑﺪر ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬
Each net shall have attachment of two different
positions, permanent label marked with the
following wording in 30 mm letters in height.
Maximum distance below working level × m.
The label shall also be marked with:
a) The name or other means of identification
of the Manufacturer.
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﺎم و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
b) The nominal size of safety net.
.‫ب ( اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
c) The standard used.
.‫ج ( اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
d) The date of manufacture.
.‫د ( ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
The Manufacture shall supply a certificate with
each net stating that the tests specified in BS EN
1263-1 or DIN 32767 have been carried out.
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻗﺮار‬DIN 32767 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬BS EN 1263-1 ‫ﻣﻨﺪرج در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻛﺮدن و ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻮر‬7-2-6
6.2.7 Erection and dismantling of the net
‫ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻛﺮدن و ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻮده‬
‫و دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﻻزم دارد ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺪاوم‬.‫ﺧﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻓﺮاد درﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﮔﺴﺘﺮدن ﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻧﺠﺎم ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﺎر ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
The erection and dismantling of safety nets are
potentially hazardous operation and require
careful planning to avoid the exposure of
personnel who do this work to unnecessary
dangers. Close supervision shall be maintained
during erection to ensure that all design
requirement have been incorporated correctly.
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬8-2-6
6.2.8 Use and maintenance
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳـﻲ و ﺗﻌــﻤﻴﺮات ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨــﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬، ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ ﺗﻮر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬BS EN 1263-2
The use, inspection and maintenance of safety net
shall be in accordance with BS EN 1263-2 safety
net.
‫ رﻧﮓ و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬3-6
6.3 Safety Signs, Color and Motivation Signs
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-6
6.3.1 General
6.3.1.1 The purpose of a system of safety colors
and signs is to draw attention to objects and
situations which affect safety and health or:
‫ ﻫﺪف از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ و رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺟﻠﺐ‬1-1-3-6
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺷﻴﺎء و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ روي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
:‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ‬،‫اﺛﺮﮔﺬار اﺳﺖ‬
a) Alert persons to an existing and potential
hazard;
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑـﻪ اﺷﺨﺎص ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﺮات ﻣﻮﺟﻮد و‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮه؛‬
b) Identify the hazard and describe the nature
of hazard;
‫ب( ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮات و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ؛‬
c) Explain the consequences of potential injury
from the hazard;
‫ج( ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دادن ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻟﻄﻤﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮه ﺧﻄﺮات؛‬
d) Instruct persons about how to avoid the
hazard.
‫د( آﻣﻮزش دادن اﺷﺨﺎص درﺑﺎره ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از‬
.‫ﺧﻄﺮات‬
35
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
:‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬2-1-3-6
6.3.1.2 The following definitions shall apply:
‫اﻟﻒ( رﻧﮓ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
a) Safety color
‫ﻳﻚ رﻧﮓ ﺑﺎ وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﻔﻬﻮم اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
A color of special properties to which a safety
meaning is attributed.
‫ب ( ﻋﻼﻣﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
b) Safety sign
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎم اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻲ را ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ و ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎد‬،‫رﻧﮓ و ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬.‫ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺎم اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺧﺎص را در ﺑﺮ دارد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ و ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A sign which gives a general safety message
obtained by combination of color and
geometric shape and which by the addition of
graphic symbol or text gives a particular safety
message. Text should be in English and Farsi.
‫ج( ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬
c) Supplementary sign
‫ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲرود ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻋﻼﻣﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A sign with a text only for use where
necessary in conjunction with a safety sign.
6.3.1.3 The use of a system of safety color and
signs does not replace the need for appropriate
accident prevention measures and education is an
essential part of any system for giving safety
information.
‫ ﺟﺎي ﻧﻴﺎز‬،‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ و رﻧﮓ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬3-1-3-6
6.3.1.4 The following international standards
shall be consulted for additional informations
relevant to this Standard:
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺴﺐ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬4-1-3-6
‫ﺑﻪ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮي از ﺣﻮادث را ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮد و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫آﻣﻮزش ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي اراﺋﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
:‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ و ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ‬
a) For safety signs and hazard pictorials and
graphical symbols:
:‫ﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ "اﺻﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬ISO 3461-1: 1988
"‫ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬
ISO 3461-1: 1988 "General Principles for the
Creation of Graphical
Symbols"
ISO 3864 (1984) "Safety Colors and Safety
Signs"
‫"رﻧﮓﻫـــﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬
"‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
ISO 3864 (1984)
ISO 4196
‫"ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬
"‫ﻓﻠﺶ‬
ISO 4196
"Graphical Symbols-Use of
Arrow"
ISO 7000 (1989) "Graphical Symbols for Use
on Equipment Crane"
‫ "ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ISO 7000 (1989)
"‫روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬
ISO 13200 (1995)"General Principles for
Safety Signs and Hazard
Pictorials"
‫ "اﺻﻮل ﻛﻠـــﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و‬ISO 13200 (1995)
"‫ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
b) For traffic safety signs Iranian Traffic
Regulations shall be followed:
‫ب( ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﺮاﻓﻴﻚ از ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ و ﻣﻘﺮرات‬
:‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ و راﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ اﻳﺮان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﺷﻮد‬
6.3.2 Safety colors and contrast colors
6.3.2.1 Safety colors
The general meaning defined as specific health
and safety colors with contrast colors shall be as
given in Table 1:
‫ رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و رﻧﮓﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻀﺎد‬2-3-6
‫ رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬1-2-3-6
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﻛﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت رﻧﮓﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫رﻧﮓﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻀﺎد ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
36
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
TABLE 1 - GENERAL MEANING OF SAFETY COLORS AND CONTRAST COLORS
‫ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﻛﻠﻲ رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و رﻧﮓﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻀﺎد‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
SAFETY
COLOR
MEANING OR
OBJECTIVE
‫رﻧﮓ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮم و ﻫﺪف‬
CONTRAST
COLOR
EXAMPLE OF USE
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫رﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﻀﺎد‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
Red
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Stop
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
Prohibition
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط – اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺧﻄﺮ‬
Yellow
‫زرد‬
Mandatory actions
Obligation to wear personal protective equipment
‫اﻋﻤﺎل اﺟﺒﺎري‬
Safe condition
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
Red
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
Safety message and motivation
Signs
‫ﭘﻴﺎم اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ‬
Stop
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
Prohibition
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط – اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺧﻄﺮ‬
Yellow
‫زرد‬
Mandatory actions
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬،‫ ﻛﻤﻚﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬،‫ دوشﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري‬،‫ ﺧﺮوج اﺿﻄﺮاري‬،‫راهﻫﺎي ﻓﺮار‬
!‫ﻧﺠﺎت و اﺧﻄﺎر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Safety first-notice
‫اول اﻳﻤﻨﻲ – اﺧﻄﺎر‬
Stop signs
Emergency stops
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
Indication of danger (fires, explosion, radiation,
toxic. hazard, etc., warning for stops, low passage,
obstacles)
Obligation to wear personal protective equipment
‫اﻋﻤﺎل اﺟﺒﺎري‬
Safe condition
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
Escape routes, emergency exist, emergency showers,
first aid, rescue station and safety notices such as
think!
‫ ﮔﺬرﮔﺎه‬،‫ ﻫﺸﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬،‫ ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺧﻄﺮ‬،‫ ﺳﻢ‬،‫ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ‬،‫ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬،‫)آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬
(‫ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫آﺑﻲ‬
Green
‫اﻟﺰام ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻮازم ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﺮدي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ‬
Prohibition signs
Caution risk of danger
Blue
Indication of danger (fires, explosion, radiation,
toxic. hazard, etc., warning for stops, low passage,
obstacles)
‫ ﮔﺬرﮔﺎه‬،‫ ﻫﺸﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬،‫ ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺧﻄﺮ‬،‫ ﺳﻢ‬،‫ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ‬،‫ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬،‫)آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬
(‫ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫آﺑﻲ‬
Green
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
Emergency stops
Prohibition signs
Caution risk of danger
Blue
Stop signs
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
Safety message and motivation
Signs
‫ﭘﻴﺎم اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ‬
‫اﺟﺒﺎر ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
Escape routes, emergency exist, emergency showers,
first aid, rescue station and safety notices such as
think!
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬،‫ ﻛﻤﻚﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬،‫ روشﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري‬،‫ ﺧﺮوج اﺿﻄﺮاري‬،‫راهﻫﺎي ﻓﺮار‬
!‫ﻧﺠﺎت و اﺧﻄﺎر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Safety first-notice
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ – اﺧﻄﺎر‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
Black
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
Black
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Red color is also used to identify fire fighting
equipment and its location.
‫رﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ و‬
.‫ﻣﻜﺎنﻫﺎي آن ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
6.3.2.2 The following combination of safety
yellow and black may be used to indicate
temporary or permanent risk of collusion, falling,
stumbling, of falling objects, or steps and hole in
floor, etc.,
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ رﻧﮓﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﺎه و زرد اﻳﻤﻨﻲ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬2-2-3-6
‫ ﺳﻘﻮط‬،‫ ﺳﻘﻮط‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ داﺋﻤﻲ‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻜﺎن و ﺣﻔﺮه در ﻛﻒ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬،‫اﺟﺴﺎم‬
37
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
Yellow shall cover at least
50% of the area of the sign.
‫ درﺻﺪ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ را‬50 ‫رﻧﮓ زرد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
For colorimetric and photometric properties of
safety colors and contrast colors ISO 3864-1
Annex A, shall be referred to.
‫ ﻧﻮرﺳﻨﺠﻲ رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و‬،‫ﺑﺮاي وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي رﻧﮓ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬
ISO 3864-1 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬A ‫رﻧﮓﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻀﺎد ﺑـﻪ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
.‫رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬
6.3.3 Geometric form and meaning of safety
signs.
.‫ اﺷﻜﺎل ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬3-3-6
Table 2 gives the general meaning of geometric
forms.
.‫ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﻛﻠﻲ اﺷﻜﺎل ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ را اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬4-3-6
6.3.4 Design of graphic symbols
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ISO 3461 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ و ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺑﺮاي درك ﭘﻴﺎمﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬.‫ ﺿﺮوري ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﻔﻬﻮم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻳﺎ زﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
The design of graphic symbols should be as
simple as possible and in accordance with ISO
3461 and detail not essential for understanding
the message shall be omitted. Where a symbol is
not available or fully understood depending on
condition the meaning shall be obtained by using
a text in place of a symbol or underneath of the
symbol.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The graphic symbols given in Appendix A are
examples. Alternative design may be used
provided the symbols comply with the
appropriate image content.
‫ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎي ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
،‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬.‫اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮي ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬5-3-6
6.3.5 Layout of safety signs
The safety colors and contrast colors and
geometric forms shall be used only in the
following combinations to obtain the four basic
types of safety signs as stated in Table 1.
‫رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و رﻧﮓﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻀﺎد و ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑــﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آوردن ﭼﻬﺎر ﻧﻮع اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
(16 ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻴﺖ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬1-5-3-6
6.3.5.1 Prohibition sign (See Fig. 16)
Background color:
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
Circular band and cross bar:
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Symbol of text:
:‫رﻧﮓ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
Red
:‫ﺧﻄﻮط داﻳﺮهاي و ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
Black
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
:‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﺘﻦ‬
38
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
The symbol or text shall be placed centrally on
the background and shall not obliterate the cross
bar. The color red should cover at least 35% of
the area of the sign.
‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺎي داده ﺷﻮد و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬35 ‫ رﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ دﺳﺘﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ را ﻣﺤﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ‬
6.3.5.2 Warning sign (See Fig. 17 .A.B)
Background color:
.(‫ اﻟﻒ و ب‬17 ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬2-5-3-6
Warning sings
Yellow
‫زرد‬
Triangular band:
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫رﻧﮓ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
Black
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
Symbol of text:
:‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻣﺜﻠﺚ‬
Black
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﺘﻦ‬
The symbol or text shall be placed centrally on
the background the color yellow shall cover at
least 50% of the area of the sign.
‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺎي داده ﺷﻮد و رﻧﮓ زرد‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ‬50 ‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
6.3.5.3 Mandatory action signs (See Fig. 18)
‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻋﻤﺎل اﺟﺒﺎري )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬3-5-3-6
(18
Background color:
Blue
‫آﺑﻲ‬
Symbol of text:
:‫رﻧﮓ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﺘﻦ‬
The symbol or text shall be placed centrally on
the background. The color blue shall cover at
least 50% of the area of the sign.
‫ رﻧﮓ آﺑﻲ دﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺎي ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻋﻼﻣﺖ را ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬50 ‫ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
39
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
،‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ‬،‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت )آﮔﻬﻲﻫﺎ‬4-5-3-6
6.3.5.4 Information signs (notices, safe
condition, motivation signs think, safety first,
etc.) (Fig. 19)
(‫ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
(19 ‫)ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Background color:
Green
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
Symbol of text:
‫رﻧﮓ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﺘﻦ‬
The symbol or text shall be placed centrally on
the background and the shape of the sign shall be
square or oblong as necessary to accommodate
the symbol or text.
‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻳـﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺎي داده ﺷﻮد و ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺿﺮورﺗﺎً ﻧﻤﺎد ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ را در ﺧﻮد ﺟﺎي دﻫﺪ‬
The color green shall cover at least 50% of the
area of the sign. For safety motivation signs, the
upper panel of each sign has either the word
safety first or think in white letter on a green
background. The bottom panel has the message in
black letters on a white background.
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻋﻼﻣﺖ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬50 ‫رﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫دﻫﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي واژهﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ داراي ﭘﻴﺎم‬.‫ﺣﺮوف ﺳﻔﻴﺪ روي زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوف ﺳﻴﺎه روي زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬5-5-3-6
6.3.5.5 Supplementary signs
Background color: White or color of the safety sign
‫ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬:‫رﻧﮓ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
Text:Black or relevant contrast color.
‫ ﺳﻴﺎه ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬:‫ﻣﺘﻦ‬
The shape of the sign shall be rectangular and
shall not comprise any graphic symbol. The
supplementary sign shall be underneath the safety
sign.
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻬﺎرﮔﻮش و ﻫﻴﭻ رﺑﻄﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎدﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬6-3-6
6.3.6 Size of signs
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻮرﺳﻨﺠﻲ و‬
‫ اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫رﻧﮓ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ رﻧﮓﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ دارد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
Depending on conditions and considering
colorimetric and photometric of safety colors the
following sizes are recommended for use:
a) 180 × 250 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬180×250
(‫اﻟﻒ‬
b) 250 × 350 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬250×350
(‫ب‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬350×500
(‫ج‬
c) 350 × 500 mm.
40
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬7-3-6
6.3.7 Construction
The safety sign may be constructed by:
a) 0.80
b)
c)
d)
3
1½
to
1.5
to
4
to
2
5
:‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻣﻮارد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
mm
mm
Steel
painted baked enamel
‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب رﻧﮕﻲ ﻛﻮره اي‬
Plastic
‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
mm
Aluminum
‫آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﻛﻮره اي‬
mm
Fiber glass
epoxy coated
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻳﺒﺮﮔﻼس‬
‫روﻛﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
Safety signs can also be made of scotch light
reflective type. They are conventional signs by
day and reflect at night when struck by light.
They have reflective power up to 230 times
greater than a white surface. (See BS 381 C)
stove enamel
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان از ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﺷﺒﺮﻧﮓ درﺳﺖ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ در روز ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ و در ﺷﺐ ﻧﻮر ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ را‬230 ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮان اﻧﻌﻜﺎس ﻧﻮر ﺗﺎ‬
(.BS 381 C ‫) ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬.‫دارﻧﺪ‬
41
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
PROHIBITION SINGS
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺎزدارﻧﺪه‬
REFERENT
EXAMPLE
Smoking prohibited
‫ﺳﻴﮕﺎر ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
Fire, open light and smoking
Prohibited
‫و‬
‫روﺷﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺪك‬
،‫آﺗﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﺎرﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
Water as extinguishing
agent prohibited
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از آب ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
Background color:
White
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
:‫رﻧﮓ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
Circular band and cross bar:
Red
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
:‫ﻧﻮارداﻳﺮهاي و ﺧﻂ وﺳﻂ‬
Symbol of text:
Black
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
:‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﺘﻦ‬
Fig. 16
16 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
42
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
WARNING SINGS
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﺧﻄﺎر‬
REFERENT
EXAMPLE
General warning, caution, risk of
danger
‫ ﺧﻄﺮ‬،‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬،‫اﺧﻄﺎر ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Caution, risk of fire
‫ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬،‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Caution, risk of explosion
‫ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬،‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Caution, risk of corrosion
‫ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬،‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Caution, toxic risk
‫ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ‬،‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Fig. 17 a (To be continued)
(‫ –اﻟﻒ ) اداﻣﻪ دارد‬17 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
43
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
REFERENT
EXAMPLE
Caution, risk of electric shock
‫ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮق ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‬،‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Background color:
Yellow
Triangular band:
Black
Symbol of text:
Black
‫زرد‬
:‫زﻣﻴﻨﻪ رﻧﮓ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
:‫ﻧﻮار ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
:‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﺘﻦ‬
Fig. 17 b
‫ ب‬- 17 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
MANDATORY ACTION SINGS
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﺟﺒﺎري‬
REFERENT
EXAMPLE
General mandatory action
‫اﻋﻤﺎل اﺟﺒﺎري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Eye protection must be worn
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭼﺸﻢ اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
44
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫‪Hearing protection must be worn‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﮔﻮش اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
‫‪Head protection must be worn‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺳﺮ اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
‫رﻧﮓ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫آﺑﻲ‬
‫‪Blue‬‬
‫‪Background color:‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎد ﻣﺘﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫‪White‬‬
‫‪Symbol or text:‬‬
‫‪Fig. 18‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪18‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫آﺷﻐﺎل ﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻮادث ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮي اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮاره ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮي‬
‫از ﻣﺎﺳﻚ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪Fig. 19-EXAMPLES OF MOTIVATION SIGNS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -19‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ از ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫‪ 4-6‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﮔﺮدش ﻫﻮا )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(20‬‬
‫)‪6.4 Air Mover Ventilators (Fig. 20‬‬
‫‪ 1-4-6‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪6.4.1 General‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﮔﺮدش ﻫﻮا‪ ،‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎرات‪ ،‬دود‪ ،‬ﺑﻮ و ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ دﻣﻴﺪن ﻫﻮاي ﺗﺎزه ﺑﻪ‬
‫داﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﻣﻜﺎنﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮا ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر وﺟﻮد دارد‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎرز آن ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎزي ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻳﺎ داﺧﻞ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ از‬
‫درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮره‪ ،‬ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺮدن دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ در‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاي ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮاي ﺳﻤﻲ از ﻓﻀﺎي‬
‫ﻛﺎري و دﻣﻴﺪن ﻫﻮاي ﺗﺎزه ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي آدم رو‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺎري ﺳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Air mover ventilator is a portable device for‬‬
‫‪moving gases, vapors, smoke, fumes and dust‬‬
‫‪from an area, or to move fresh air into an area. It‬‬
‫‪uses air or steam usually available in industrial‬‬
‫‪locations. Typical application includes, tank or‬‬
‫‪ship-hold purging, furnace or boiler cooling to‬‬
‫‪speed up repairs; evacuating unbreathable or‬‬
‫‪toxic air from working area, blowing fresh air‬‬
‫‪into manholes and closed working space.‬‬
‫‪ 2-4-6‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫‪6.4.2 Construction‬‬
‫اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﻧﺪارد‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﻮا و ﺑﺨﺎر ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‪ ،‬اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪6‬‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ‪ 70‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 140‬و ‪ 250‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻮا و ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺮاي‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 70‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺮاي‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ‪ 140‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 250‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 30‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮه آﻣﻴﺰ اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮاي اﻟﻘﺎء ﺷﺪه‪ 10 ،‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 14‬ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻫﻮاي ورودي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The air mover shall not have moving parts or‬‬
‫‪motors. Compressed air or steam with pressure of‬‬
‫‪2 to 6 bar can be used. The sizes shall be of 70‬‬‫‪140 and 250 mm dia. The air/steam connection‬‬
‫‪for 70 mm to be of 20 mm and for 140-250 mm‬‬
‫‪shall be of 30 mm pipe connections. The design‬‬
‫‪of venture shall be such that the induced air to be‬‬
‫‪of 10 to 14 times of compressed inlet air at 5 bar.‬‬
‫‪ 3-4-6‬اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪6.4.3 Safety measurement‬‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The air mover shall be grounded to draw-off the‬‬
‫‪static charges during operations.‬‬
‫‪Fig. 20- 3 TYPES OF AIR MOVER‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 3-20‬اﻧﻮاع ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﺳﺎز ﻫﻮا‬
‫‪46‬‬
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
(‫ ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮه و ﭼﺮاغ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺎر)ﻧﻮر‬5-6
6.5 Safety Torch and Lantern
(21 ‫ ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮه )ﺷﻜﻞ‬1-5-6
6.5.1 Safety torch (flush light) (Fig. 21)
Safety torch shall be made of plastic that has high
mechanical and tensile strength, and is resistant to
grease, oils, water and gasoline with the
following features:
‫ﭼﺮاغ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ داراي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ و‬
‫ آب و‬،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ و ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‬،‫ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
a) Spring mounted safety bulb-guards against
explosion following bulb breakage;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻻﻣﭗ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻨﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
b) Certified as can be used in pump rooms,
storage tanks and places where explosive
mixtures of gases and vapors may be a hazard.
(See also IPS-M-EL-290);
‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن و ﻣﻜﺎنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬،‫ب(در ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫از ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﻔﺠﺎري ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺣﺒﺎب رخ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ و ﺑﺨﺎرات ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮآﻓﺮﻳﻦ و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬
‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗــﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨــﺪ‬
(IPS-M-EL-290
1
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬D ‫ وﻟﺖ از ﻧﻮع‬1 ‫ج( از دو ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮي ﺧﺸﻚ‬
2
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
c) Uses two or three dry cell 1½ volts D Type
batteries;
‫د( ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد و در‬
d) Listed and certified by recognized testing
organization as safety torch.
.‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ آن ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮه اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Fig. 21- SAFETY TORCH
‫ ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮه اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬-21 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(22 ‫ ﭼﺮاغ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺎر )ﺷﻜﻞ‬2-5-6
6.5.2 Safety lantern (Fig. 22)
‫ﭼﺮاغ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﻮري ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻧﻮر ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮد و دودﺳﺖ آزاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬
:‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Safety lantern shall stand on a pivotal base which
permits lights to be directed to any location and
leaves both hands free with the following
features:
a) To throw a piercing shaft of light up to 450
meters;
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ؛‬450 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬي از ﻧﻮر ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮد‬
b) Safety bulb socket instantly ejects broken
‫ب( ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﺣﺒﺎب اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮراً ﺣﺒﺎب ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ را از‬
47
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
bulb from the battery circuit and helps prevent
possibility of explosion in presence of gas;
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ﻣﺪار ﺑﺎﻃﺮي ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﺪ و از اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﮔﺎز ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آورد؛‬
c) The lense to be of nonbreakable plastic;
‫ج( ﻟﻨﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
d) The base stand to be made of spark proof
brace;
‫د( ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮاد ﺿﺪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد؛‬
e) Being of light weight with positive action
switch;
‫ﻫ( ﺳﺒﻚ وزن ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ روﺷﻦ ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫و( ﺑﺎﺗﺮيﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
f) The batteries to be of dry-cell type;
g) Listed and certified by recognized testing
laboratory as safety lantern;
‫ز( ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و در ﻟﻴﺴﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
h) Operate both front light and top lights
separately or at once.
‫ح( ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﭼﺮاغﻫﺎي ﺟﻠﻮ و ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﭼﺮاغ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺎر ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
Fig. 22- SAFETY LANTERN
‫ ﭼﺮاغ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺎر‬-22 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(23 ‫ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮي ﻫﺎ و دوشﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ)ﺷﻜﻞ‬6-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6-6
‫ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪه ﭼﺸﻢ و دوشﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ در‬1-1-6-6
‫ﻣﻜﺎنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ و ﺑﺪن ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن در ﻣﻌﺮض آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮي‬
‫ ﺑﺎزﻫﺎ و‬،‫ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
. (‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
6.6 Safety Showers and Eye Wash (Fig. 23)
6.6.1 General
6.6.1.1 Safety showers and eye wash facilities
shall be provided where eyes and body of
employees may be exposed to injurious corrosive
materials (Acids, castics and foreign materials).
48
Jul. 2009 / 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-G-SF- 340(1)
‫ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﭼﺸﻢ و ﺑﺪن ﺑﺎ‬2-1-6-6
6.6.1.2 Facilities for quick drenching or flushing
of eyes and body within working area for
immediate use are of numerous types depending
on risk of injuries. For detail information refer to
NFPA 99 .
‫آب در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ داراي اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺴﺐ‬.‫ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺧﻄﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻲزﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬NFPA 99 ‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﺸﺮوح ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼت‬2-6-6
6.6.2 Types
1) Foot treadle actuated eye and face wash
pedestal or wall mounted.
‫( ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪه ﺻﻮرت و ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪدار ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار‬1
2) Quick-push safety lever type with aerated
water fountain.
.‫( اﻫﺮم اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ آب ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا‬2
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﭘﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫( ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻚ دار‬3
3) Sink mounted eye wash fountain.
.‫( ادﻏﺎم واﺣﺪﻫﺎي دوش و ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪه ﭼﺸﻢ‬4
4) Combination eye wash and shower units.
‫( دوش اﺿﻄﺮاري از ﻧﻮع اﻫﺮم زﻧﺠﻴﺮهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن‬5
.‫ دوش ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫آن‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬35 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬15 ‫( آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬6
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
ASME 2358- ‫( ﻛﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬7
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1
‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ و‬110-15 ‫( ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن دوش‬8
.‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬10 ‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮي‬
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬،2" ‫( ورودي آب دوش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬9
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME B16.5 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
5) Chain pull type emergency shower which
sounds a signal when shower turned-on.
6) The water shall be potable water whit
temperature between 15-35◦C
7) Design code shall be per ASME 2358.1.
8) Shower flow rate 15-110 LPM , Eye wash
flowrate 10 LPM
9) Shower water ,INLET shall be 2" ,Flanged
type (ASME B16.5)
49
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪ -1‬دﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮ و ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻮ‬
‫‪-2‬دﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دوش ‪-3‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‪/‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫‪-4‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‪/‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫‪-6‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫‪-7‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﺮوي‬
‫‪-8‬ﻓﻼﻧﭻ آب ورودي ‪ 2‬اﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬رده ‪ 150‬ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ ‪316 L‬‬
‫‪-9‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﻜﺘﻮﮔﺮام‬
‫‪-10‬آب ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻗﻪ زرد رﻧﮓ‬
‫‪-11‬ﻧﺎزل ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪-12‬ﭘﻴﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻗﻪ زرد رﻧﮓ‬
‫‪-13‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ‪ 1-1/4 PVC‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪ -14‬زﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ‪-15‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﺮوي‬
‫‪-16‬ﻧﻤﺎي روﺑﺮوي‬
‫‪-17‬ﻧﻤﺎي ﭘﻬﻠﻮ‬
‫‪-18‬ورودي آب‬
‫‪-19‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮ و ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻮ‬
‫‪-21‬ﻃﺮح ﺳﻴﻨﻲ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪-20‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻧﺪه ﺑﻄﺮف ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Fig. 23- TYPICAL TYPES OF SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE WASH‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -23‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اي از اﻧﻮاع ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻮي و دوش اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-SF- 340(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫ج‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‪APPENDICES‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 1-‬ﻗﻮﻃﻲ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫)‪A.1 Safety Cans (Fig. 24‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 1-1-‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪A.1.1 General‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻃﻲ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﻴﻮهاي ﺑﻲﺧﻄﺮ را ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮدن‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﻓﺮّار‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ از ﻓﻮران‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮون از ﻇﺮوف اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺮي ﻗﻮي درﭘﻮش را ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲدارد ﺗﺎ از ﻧﺸﺘﻲ و ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫آﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Safety can provide a safe way to store and handle‬‬
‫‪volatile flammable liquid. A strong spring holds‬‬
‫‪the spout cap tightly closed to prevent leakage‬‬
‫‪and evaporation.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 2-1-‬اﺛﺮ دﻣﺎ‬
‫‪A.1.2 Heat effect‬‬
‫‪It can be exposed to extreme heat, the spring shall‬‬
‫‪allow the gas to escape and automatically close‬‬
‫‪the cap when the pressure is relieved.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻃﻲ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫و ﻓﻨﺮ ﺧﺮوج ﮔﺎز را اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر آزاد ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 3-1-‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫‪A.1.3 Construction‬‬
‫ﻇﺮف اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد ‪24‬ﮔﻴﺞ)‪ 0/635‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ رﻧﮓ ﻛﻮرهاي ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)‪Safety can shall be made of 24 gage(0.635 mm‬‬
‫‪steel finished by baked enamel paint of red color‬‬
‫‪sizes should be 4 to 20 liters.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 4-1-‬درﻳﭽﻪ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻔﺖ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﺑﻮده و ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬
‫‪A.1.4 The spout shall be rigid or flexible with‬‬
‫‪flash back screen as specified by the purchaser.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮري ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻋﻼم‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ 5-1-‬ﻗﻮﻃﻲ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪A.1.5 Safety can might be of local made but shall‬‬
‫‪be tested in accordance with relevant testing‬‬
‫‪procedures.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس روشﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Fig. 24- SPRING-LOADED COVER IS DESIGNED TO OPEN IN ORDER TO RELIEVE INTERNAL‬‬
‫‪VAPOR PRESSURE AT 5 PSI. LOSSES BY EVAPORATION OF LIQUID STORED IN‬‬
‫‪SAFETY CANS AT ORDINARY TEMPERATURES ARE NEGLIGIBLE.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -24‬درﭘﻮش ﻓﻨﺮدار ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺮاي آزادﺳﺎزي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ در ‪ 5‬ﭘﻮﻧﺪ در ﻫﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎز‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺗﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ در ﻇﺮف اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاﺛﺮ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫‪51‬‬